Sema.h revision 097e0a2cb08c8244a6923489acc8f890e6a99b59
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52#include <vector> 53 54namespace llvm { 55 class APSInt; 56 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 57 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 58 class SmallBitVector; 59} 60 61namespace clang { 62 class ADLResult; 63 class ASTConsumer; 64 class ASTContext; 65 class ASTMutationListener; 66 class ASTReader; 67 class ASTWriter; 68 class ArrayType; 69 class AttributeList; 70 class BlockDecl; 71 class CapturedDecl; 72 class CXXBasePath; 73 class CXXBasePaths; 74 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 75 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 76 class CXXConstructorDecl; 77 class CXXConversionDecl; 78 class CXXDestructorDecl; 79 class CXXFieldCollector; 80 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 81 class CXXMethodDecl; 82 class CXXScopeSpec; 83 class CXXTemporary; 84 class CXXTryStmt; 85 class CallExpr; 86 class ClassTemplateDecl; 87 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 88 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 89 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 90 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 91 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 92 class CodeCompletionResult; 93 class Decl; 94 class DeclAccessPair; 95 class DeclContext; 96 class DeclRefExpr; 97 class DeclaratorDecl; 98 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 99 class DependentDiagnostic; 100 class DesignatedInitExpr; 101 class Designation; 102 class EnumConstantDecl; 103 class Expr; 104 class ExtVectorType; 105 class ExternalSemaSource; 106 class FormatAttr; 107 class FriendDecl; 108 class FunctionDecl; 109 class FunctionProtoType; 110 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 111 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 112 class InitListExpr; 113 class InitializationKind; 114 class InitializationSequence; 115 class InitializedEntity; 116 class IntegerLiteral; 117 class LabelStmt; 118 class LambdaExpr; 119 class LangOptions; 120 class LocalInstantiationScope; 121 class LookupResult; 122 class MacroInfo; 123 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 124 class NamedDecl; 125 class NonNullAttr; 126 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 127 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 128 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 129 class ObjCContainerDecl; 130 class ObjCImplDecl; 131 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 132 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 133 class ObjCIvarDecl; 134 template <class T> class ObjCList; 135 class ObjCMessageExpr; 136 class ObjCMethodDecl; 137 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 138 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 139 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 140 class OverloadCandidateSet; 141 class OverloadExpr; 142 class ParenListExpr; 143 class ParmVarDecl; 144 class Preprocessor; 145 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 146 class PseudoObjectExpr; 147 class QualType; 148 class StandardConversionSequence; 149 class Stmt; 150 class StringLiteral; 151 class SwitchStmt; 152 class TargetAttributesSema; 153 class TemplateArgument; 154 class TemplateArgumentList; 155 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 156 class TemplateDecl; 157 class TemplateParameterList; 158 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 159 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 160 class Token; 161 class TypeAliasDecl; 162 class TypedefDecl; 163 class TypedefNameDecl; 164 class TypeLoc; 165 class UnqualifiedId; 166 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 167 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 168 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 169 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 170 class UsingDecl; 171 class UsingShadowDecl; 172 class ValueDecl; 173 class VarDecl; 174 class VisibilityAttr; 175 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 176 class IndirectFieldDecl; 177 178namespace sema { 179 class AccessedEntity; 180 class BlockScopeInfo; 181 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 182 class CapturingScopeInfo; 183 class CompoundScopeInfo; 184 class DelayedDiagnostic; 185 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 186 class FunctionScopeInfo; 187 class LambdaScopeInfo; 188 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 189 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 190} 191 192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 195 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 196 197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 198class Sema { 199 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 201 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 202 203 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 204 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 205 206 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 207 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 208 209 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 210 211 static bool 212 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 213 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 214 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 215 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 216 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 217 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 218 // with internal linkage. 219 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 220 } 221 222public: 223 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 225 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 226 227 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 228 FPOptions FPFeatures; 229 230 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 231 Preprocessor &PP; 232 ASTContext &Context; 233 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 234 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 235 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 236 237 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 238 bool CollectStats; 239 240 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 241 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 242 243 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 244 DeclContext *CurContext; 245 246 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 247 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 248 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 249 250 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 251 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 252 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 253 254 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 255 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 256 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 257 258 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 259 260 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 261 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 262 263 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 264 /// 265 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 266 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 267 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 268 269 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 270 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 271 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 272 273 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 274 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 275 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 276 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 277 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 279 280 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 281 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 282 /// 283 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 284 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 285 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 286 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 287 288 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 289 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 290 ExtVectorDeclsType; 291 292 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 293 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 294 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 295 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 296 297 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 298 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 301 302 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 303 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 304 305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 306 307 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 308 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 309 /// same list more than once. 310 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 311 312 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 313 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 314 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 315 316 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 317 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 318 /// 319 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 320 /// scopes, e.g., 321 /// 322 /// \code 323 /// extern "C" void f() { 324 /// void foo(int, int); 325 /// } 326 /// \endcode 327 /// 328 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 329 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 330 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 331 /// 332 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 333 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 334 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 335 /// for compatibility. 336 /// 337 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 338 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 339 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 340 /// not visible. 341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 342 343 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 344 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 345 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 346 347 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 348 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 349 TentativeDefinitionsType; 350 351 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 352 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 353 354 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 355 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 356 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 357 358 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 359 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 360 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 361 362 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 363 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 364 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 365 366 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 367 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 368 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 369 370 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 371 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 372 /// exception spec. 373 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 374 375 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 376 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 377 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 378 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 379 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 380 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 381 382 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 383 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 384 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 385 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 386 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 387 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 388 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 389 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 390 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 391 392 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 393 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 394 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 395 void *OpaqueParser; 396 397 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 398 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 399 OpaqueParser = P; 400 } 401 402 class DelayedDiagnostics; 403 404 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 405 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 406 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 407 }; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 409 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 410 411 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 412 /// during parsing and other processing. 413 class DelayedDiagnostics { 414 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 415 /// diagnostics should go. 416 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 417 418 public: 419 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 420 421 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 422 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 423 424 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 425 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 426 427 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 428 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 429 return CurPool; 430 } 431 432 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 433 /// collected in this pool. 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 435 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 436 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 437 CurPool = &pool; 438 return state; 439 } 440 441 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 442 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 443 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 444 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 445 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 446 } 447 448 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 449 /// not delayed. 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 451 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 452 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 453 CurPool = 0; 454 return state; 455 } 456 457 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 458 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 459 assert(CurPool == NULL); 460 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 461 } 462 } DelayedDiagnostics; 463 464 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 465 class ContextRAII { 466 private: 467 Sema &S; 468 DeclContext *SavedContext; 469 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 470 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 471 472 public: 473 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 474 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 475 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 476 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 477 { 478 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 479 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 480 } 481 482 void pop() { 483 if (!SavedContext) return; 484 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 485 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 486 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 487 SavedContext = 0; 488 } 489 490 ~ContextRAII() { 491 pop(); 492 } 493 }; 494 495 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 496 /// a function body. 497 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 498 Sema &S; 499 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 500 501 public: 502 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 503 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 504 { 505 S.PushFunctionScope(); 506 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 507 } 508 509 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 510 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 511 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 512 } 513 }; 514 515 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 516 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 517 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 518 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 519 520 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 521 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 522 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 523 /// in the currently selected standard. 524 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 525 526 527 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 528 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 529 530 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 531 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 532 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 533 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 534 /// It would be best to refactor this. 535 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 536 537 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 538 539 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 540 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 541 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 542 Scope *TUScope; 543 544 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 545 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 546 547 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 548 /// standard library. 549 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 550 551 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 552 /// \<initializer_list>. 553 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 554 555 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 556 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 557 558 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 559 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 560 561 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 562 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 563 564 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 565 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 566 567 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 568 QualType NSNumberPointer; 569 570 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 571 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 572 573 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 574 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 575 576 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 577 QualType NSStringPointer; 578 579 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 580 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 583 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 584 585 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 586 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 589 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 592 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 593 594 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 595 QualType QIDNSCopying; 596 597 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 598 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 599 600 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 601 /// have been declared. 602 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 603 604 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 605 /// references to fields. This is really a 606 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 607 608 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 609 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 610 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 611 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 612 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 613 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 614 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 615 /// run time. 616 Unevaluated, 617 618 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 619 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 620 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 621 UnevaluatedAbstract, 622 623 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 624 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 625 /// cases in a switch statment). 626 ConstantEvaluated, 627 628 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 629 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 630 /// expression at run time. 631 PotentiallyEvaluated, 632 633 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 634 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 635 /// in fact the current expression is used. 636 /// 637 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 638 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 639 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 640 /// until the default argument is used. 641 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 642 }; 643 644 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 645 /// expression evaluation contexts. 646 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 647 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 648 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 649 650 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 651 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 652 653 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 654 bool IsDecltype; 655 656 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 657 /// this expression evaluation context. 658 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 659 660 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 661 662 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 663 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 664 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 665 666 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 667 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 668 /// default function argument. 669 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 670 671 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 672 /// within this context. 673 /// 674 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 675 /// do not have lambda expressions. 676 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 677 678 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 679 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 680 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 681 682 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 683 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 684 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 685 686 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 687 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 688 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 689 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 690 bool IsDecltype) 691 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 692 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 693 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 694 695 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 696 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 697 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 698 if (!LambdaMangle) 699 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 700 return *LambdaMangle; 701 } 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 712 /// function. 713 /// 714 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 715 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 716 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 717 public: 718 enum Kind { 719 NoMemberOrDeleted, 720 Ambiguous, 721 Success 722 }; 723 724 private: 725 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 726 727 public: 728 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 729 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 730 {} 731 732 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 733 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 734 735 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 736 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 737 }; 738 739 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 740 /// for C++ records. 741 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 742 743 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 744 /// 745 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 746 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 747 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 748 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 749 /// checks. 750 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 751 752 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 753 754 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 755 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 756 757 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 758 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 759 760 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 761 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 762 /// 763 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 764 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 765 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 766 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 767 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 768 769 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 770 // argument locations. 771 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 772 773 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 774 /// definition in this translation unit. 775 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 776 777 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 778 void getUndefinedButUsed( 779 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 780 781 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 782 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 783 784 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 785 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 786 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 787 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 788 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 789 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 790 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 791 792 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 793 /// of -Wselector. 794 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 795 796 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 797 enum CXXSpecialMember { 798 CXXDefaultConstructor, 799 CXXCopyConstructor, 800 CXXMoveConstructor, 801 CXXCopyAssignment, 802 CXXMoveAssignment, 803 CXXDestructor, 804 CXXInvalid 805 }; 806 807 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 808 809 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 810 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 811 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 812 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 813 814 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 815 816 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 817 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 818 819 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 820 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 821 /// should not be used elsewhere. 822 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 823 824 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 825 /// statements. 826 class FPContractStateRAII { 827 public: 828 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 829 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 830 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 831 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 832 } 833 private: 834 Sema& S; 835 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 836 }; 837 838 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 839 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 840 841public: 842 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 843 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 844 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 845 ~Sema(); 846 847 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 848 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 849 void Initialize(); 850 851 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 852 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 853 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 854 855 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 856 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 857 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 858 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 859 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 860 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 861 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 862 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 863 864 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 865 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 866 /// 867 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 868 /// 869 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 870 871 void PrintStats() const; 872 873 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 874 /// template instantiation stacks. 875 /// 876 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 877 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 878 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 879 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 880 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 881 /// well. 882 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 883 Sema &SemaRef; 884 unsigned DiagID; 885 886 public: 887 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 888 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 889 890 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 891 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 892 if (!isActive()) return; 893 894 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 895 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 896 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 897 // 898 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 899 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 900 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 901 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 902 // eliminate that code. 903 FlushCounts(); 904 Clear(); 905 906 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 907 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 908 } 909 910 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 911 template<typename T> 912 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 913 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 914 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 915 BaseDiag << Value; 916 return Diag; 917 } 918 }; 919 920 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 921 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 922 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 923 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 924 } 925 926 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 927 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 928 929 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 930 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 931 932 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 933 934 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 935 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 936 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 937 938 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 939 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 940 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 941 942 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 943 944 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 945 946 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 947 948 void PushFunctionScope(); 949 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 950 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 951 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 952 RecordDecl *RD, 953 CapturedRegionKind K); 954 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 955 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 956 957 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 958 return FunctionScopes.back(); 959 } 960 961 void PushCompoundScope(); 962 void PopCompoundScope(); 963 964 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 965 966 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 967 968 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 969 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 970 971 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 972 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 973 974 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 975 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 976 977 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 978 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 979 980 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 981 982 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 983 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 984 // 985 986 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 987 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 988 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 989 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 990 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 991 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 992 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 993 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 994 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 995 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 996 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 997 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 998 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 999 1000 /// \brief Build a function type. 1001 /// 1002 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1003 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1004 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1005 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1006 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1007 /// 1008 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1009 /// 1010 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1011 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1012 /// function parameters. 1013 /// 1014 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1015 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1016 /// type that will have function type. 1017 /// 1018 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1019 /// type, if known. 1020 /// 1021 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1022 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1023 /// 1024 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1025 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1026 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1027 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1028 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1029 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1030 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1031 1032 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1033 SourceLocation Loc, 1034 DeclarationName Entity); 1035 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1036 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1037 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1038 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1039 1040 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1041 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1042 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1043 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1044 1045 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1046 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1047 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1048 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1049 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1050 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1051 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1052 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1053 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1054 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1055 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1056 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1057 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1058 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1059 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1060 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1061 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1062 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1063 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1064 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1065 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1066 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1067 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1068 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1069 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1070 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1071 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1072 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1073 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1074 1075 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1076 1077 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1078 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1079 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1080 1081 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1082 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1083 bool Suppressed; 1084 1085 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1086 1087 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1088 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1089 }; 1090 1091 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1092 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1093 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1094 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1095 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1096 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1097 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1098 return II; 1099 } 1100 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1101 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1102 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1103 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1104 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1105 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1106 1107 template<typename T1> 1108 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1109 unsigned DiagID; 1110 const T1 &Arg1; 1111 1112 public: 1113 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1114 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1115 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1116 if (Suppressed) return; 1117 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1118 } 1119 1120 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1121 }; 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1124 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1125 unsigned DiagID; 1126 const T1 &Arg1; 1127 const T2 &Arg2; 1128 1129 public: 1130 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1131 const T2 &Arg2) 1132 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1133 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1134 1135 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1136 if (Suppressed) return; 1137 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1138 } 1139 1140 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1141 }; 1142 1143 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1144 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1145 unsigned DiagID; 1146 const T1 &Arg1; 1147 const T2 &Arg2; 1148 const T3 &Arg3; 1149 1150 public: 1151 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1152 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1153 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1154 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1155 1156 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1157 if (Suppressed) return; 1158 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1159 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1160 } 1161 1162 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1163 }; 1164 1165 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1166 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1167 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1168 unsigned DiagID); 1169 1170 template<typename T1> 1171 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1172 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1173 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1174 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1175 } 1176 1177 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1178 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1179 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1180 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1181 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1182 } 1183 1184 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1185 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1186 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1187 const T3 &Arg3) { 1188 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1189 Arg3); 1190 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1191 } 1192 1193 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1194 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1195 1196 template<typename T1> 1197 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1198 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1199 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1200 } 1201 1202 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1203 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1204 const T2 &Arg2) { 1205 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1206 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1207 } 1208 1209 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1210 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1211 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1212 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1213 Arg3); 1214 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1215 } 1216 1217 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1218 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1219 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1220 1221 template<typename T1> 1222 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1223 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1224 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1225 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1226 } 1227 1228 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1229 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1230 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1231 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1232 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1233 } 1234 1235 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1236 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1237 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1238 const T3 &Arg3) { 1239 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1240 Arg3); 1241 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1242 } 1243 1244 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1245 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1246 1247 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1248 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1249 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1250 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1251 SourceLocation Loc); 1252 1253 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1254 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1255 // 1256 1257 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1258 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1259 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1260 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1261 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1262 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1263 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1264 /// such as: 1265 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1266 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1267 1268 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1269 1270 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1271 1272 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1273 1274 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1275 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1276 bool isClassName = false, 1277 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1278 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1279 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1280 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1281 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1282 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1283 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1284 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1285 SourceLocation IILoc, 1286 Scope *S, 1287 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1288 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1289 1290 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1291 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1292 enum NameClassificationKind { 1293 NC_Unknown, 1294 NC_Error, 1295 NC_Keyword, 1296 NC_Type, 1297 NC_Expression, 1298 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1299 NC_TypeTemplate, 1300 NC_FunctionTemplate 1301 }; 1302 1303 class NameClassification { 1304 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1305 ExprResult Expr; 1306 TemplateName Template; 1307 ParsedType Type; 1308 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1309 1310 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1311 1312 public: 1313 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1314 1315 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1316 1317 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1318 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1319 1320 static NameClassification Error() { 1321 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1322 } 1323 1324 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1325 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1326 } 1327 1328 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1329 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1330 } 1331 1332 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1333 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1334 Result.Template = Name; 1335 return Result; 1336 } 1337 1338 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1339 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1340 Result.Template = Name; 1341 return Result; 1342 } 1343 1344 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1345 1346 ParsedType getType() const { 1347 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1348 return Type; 1349 } 1350 1351 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1352 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1353 return Expr; 1354 } 1355 1356 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1357 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1358 return Template; 1359 } 1360 1361 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1362 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1363 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1364 } 1365 }; 1366 1367 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1368 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1369 /// 1370 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1371 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1372 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1373 /// 1374 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1375 /// 1376 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1377 /// 1378 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1379 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1380 /// 1381 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1382 /// 1383 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1384 /// disambiguate the name. 1385 /// 1386 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1387 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1388 /// expression. 1389 /// 1390 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1391 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1395 const Token &NextToken, 1396 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1397 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1398 1399 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1400 1401 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1402 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1403 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1404 const LookupResult &Previous, 1405 Scope *S); 1406 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1407 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1408 DeclarationName Name, 1409 SourceLocation Loc); 1410 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1411 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1412 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1413 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1414 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1415 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1416 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1417 LookupResult &Previous); 1418 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1419 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1420 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 LookupResult &Previous, 1423 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1424 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1425 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1426 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1427 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1428 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1429 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1430 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1431 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1432 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1433 LookupResult &Previous, 1434 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1435 bool &AddToScope); 1436 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1437 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1438 1439 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1440 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1441 1442 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1443 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1444 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1445 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1446 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1447 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1448 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1449 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1450 SourceLocation Loc, 1451 QualType T); 1452 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1453 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1454 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1455 StorageClass SC); 1456 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1457 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1458 Expr *defarg); 1459 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1460 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1461 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1462 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1463 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1464 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1465 1466 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1467 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1468 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1469 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1470 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1471 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1472 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1473 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1474 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1475 Decl **Group, 1476 unsigned NumDecls); 1477 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1478 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1479 1480 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1481 /// documentation comments. 1482 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1483 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1484 1485 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1486 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1487 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1488 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1489 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1490 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1491 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1492 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1493 } 1494 1495 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1496 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1497 /// code for that function. 1498 /// 1499 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1500 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1501 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1502 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1503 1504 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1505 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1506 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1507 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1508 1509 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1510 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1511 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1512 1513 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1514 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1515 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1516 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1517 1518 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1519 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1520 /// specified threshold. 1521 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1522 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1523 QualType ReturnTy, 1524 NamedDecl *D); 1525 1526 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1527 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1528 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1529 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1530 1531 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1532 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1533 AttributeList *AttrList, 1534 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1535 1536 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1537 /// 1538 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Path The module access path. 1543 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1544 ModuleIdPath Path); 1545 1546 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1547 /// source location. 1548 /// 1549 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1550 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1551 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1552 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1553 1554 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1555 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1556 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1557 } 1558 1559 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1560 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1561 const Preprocessor &PP); 1562 1563 /// Scope actions. 1564 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1565 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1566 1567 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1568 DeclSpec &DS); 1569 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1570 DeclSpec &DS, 1571 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1572 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1573 1574 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1575 AccessSpecifier AS, 1576 RecordDecl *Record); 1577 1578 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1579 RecordDecl *Record); 1580 1581 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1582 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1583 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1584 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1585 1586 enum TagUseKind { 1587 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1588 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1589 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1590 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1591 }; 1592 1593 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1594 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1595 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1596 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1597 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1598 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1599 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1600 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1601 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1602 1603 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1604 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1605 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1606 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1607 AttributeList *Attr, 1608 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1609 1610 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1611 unsigned TagSpec, 1612 TagUseKind TUK, 1613 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1614 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1615 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1616 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1617 1618 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1619 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1620 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1621 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1622 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1623 1624 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1625 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1626 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1627 AccessSpecifier AS); 1628 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1629 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1630 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1631 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1632 AccessSpecifier AS, 1633 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1634 1635 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1636 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1637 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1638 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1639 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1640 SourceLocation TSSL, 1641 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1642 Declarator *D = 0); 1643 1644 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1645 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1646 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1647 bool Diagnose = false); 1648 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1649 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1650 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1651 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1652 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1653 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1654 1655 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1656 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1657 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1658 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1659 AttributeList *AttrList); 1660 1661 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1662 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1663 /// struct, or union). 1664 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1665 1666 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1667 1668 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1669 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1670 /// member declarations. 1671 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1672 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1673 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1674 1675 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1676 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1677 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1678 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1679 1680 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1681 1682 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1683 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1684 /// 1685 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1686 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1687 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1688 1689 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1690 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1691 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1692 1693 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1694 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1695 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1696 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1697 Expr *val); 1698 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1699 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1700 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1701 1702 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1703 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1704 AttributeList *Attrs, 1705 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1706 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1707 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1708 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1709 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1710 1711 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1712 1713 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1714 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1715 void PopDeclContext(); 1716 1717 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1718 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1719 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1720 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1721 1722 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1723 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1724 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1725 1726 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1727 1728 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1729 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1730 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1731 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1732 1733 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1734 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1735 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1736 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1737 1738 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1739 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1740 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1741 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1742 1743 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1744 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1745 1746 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1747 /// top level scope. 1748 /// 1749 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1750 /// 1751 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1752 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1753 1754 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1755 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1756 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1757 /// 1758 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1759 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1760 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1761 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1762 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1763 1764 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1765 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1766 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1767 1768 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1769 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1771 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1772 1773 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1774 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1775 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1776 VersionTuple Introduced, 1777 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1778 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1779 bool IsUnavailable, 1780 StringRef Message, 1781 bool Override, 1782 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1783 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1784 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1785 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1786 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1787 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1788 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1789 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1790 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1791 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1792 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1793 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1794 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1795 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1796 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1797 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1798 1799 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1800 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1801 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1802 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1803 AMK_None, 1804 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1805 /// an exact match. 1806 AMK_Redeclaration, 1807 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1808 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1809 AMK_Override 1810 }; 1811 1812 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1813 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1814 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1815 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1816 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1817 Scope *S); 1818 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1819 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1820 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1821 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1822 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1823 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1824 1825 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1826 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1827 enum AssignmentAction { 1828 AA_Assigning, 1829 AA_Passing, 1830 AA_Returning, 1831 AA_Converting, 1832 AA_Initializing, 1833 AA_Sending, 1834 AA_Casting 1835 }; 1836 1837 /// C++ Overloading. 1838 enum OverloadKind { 1839 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1840 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1841 Ovl_Overload, 1842 1843 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1844 /// an existing declaration. 1845 Ovl_Match, 1846 1847 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1848 /// non-function. 1849 Ovl_NonFunction 1850 }; 1851 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1852 FunctionDecl *New, 1853 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1854 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1855 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1856 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1857 1858 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1859 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1860 /// 1861 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1862 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1863 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1864 1865 ImplicitConversionSequence 1866 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1867 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1868 bool AllowExplicit, 1869 bool InOverloadResolution, 1870 bool CStyle, 1871 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1872 1873 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1874 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1875 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1876 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1877 bool InOverloadResolution, 1878 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1879 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1880 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1881 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1882 QualType &ConvertedType); 1883 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1884 QualType& ConvertedType); 1885 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1886 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1887 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1888 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1889 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1890 1891 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1892 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1893 CastKind &Kind, 1894 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1895 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1896 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1897 bool InOverloadResolution, 1898 QualType &ConvertedType); 1899 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1900 CastKind &Kind, 1901 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1902 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1903 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1904 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1905 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1906 QualType &ResultTy); 1907 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1908 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1909 1910 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1911 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1912 QualType ResultType, 1913 Expr *Value, 1914 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1915 1916 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1917 ExprResult Init); 1918 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1919 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1920 ExprResult Init, 1921 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1922 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1923 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1924 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1925 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1926 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1927 1928 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1929 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1930 1931 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1932 enum CCEKind { 1933 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1934 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1935 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1936 }; 1937 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1938 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1939 1940 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1941 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1942 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1943 public: 1944 bool Suppress; 1945 bool SuppressConversion; 1946 1947 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1948 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1949 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1950 1951 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 1952 /// for this conversion. 1953 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 1954 1955 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1956 /// integral or enumeration type. 1957 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1958 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1959 1960 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1961 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1962 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1963 1964 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1965 /// is explicit. 1966 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1967 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1968 1969 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1970 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1971 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1972 1973 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1974 /// functions. 1975 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1976 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1977 1978 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1979 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1980 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1981 1982 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1983 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1984 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 1985 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1986 1987 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 1988 }; 1989 1990 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 1991 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 1992 1993 public: 1994 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 1995 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 1996 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 1997 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 1998 1999 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2000 bool match(QualType T); 2001 2002 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2003 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2004 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2005 } 2006 2007 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2008 /// integral or enumeration type. 2009 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2010 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2011 }; 2012 2013 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2014 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2015 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2016 2017 2018 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2019 OS_Array, 2020 OS_Dictionary, 2021 OS_Error 2022 }; 2023 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2024 2025 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2026 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2027 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2028 LK_Array, 2029 LK_Dictionary, 2030 LK_Numeric, 2031 LK_Boxed, 2032 LK_String, 2033 LK_Block, 2034 LK_None 2035 }; 2036 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2037 2038 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2039 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2040 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2041 NamedDecl *Member); 2042 2043 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2044 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2045 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2046 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2047 2048 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2049 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2050 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2051 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2052 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2053 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2054 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2055 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2056 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2057 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2058 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2059 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2060 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2061 QualType ObjectType, 2062 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2063 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2064 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2065 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2066 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2067 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2068 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2069 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2070 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2071 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2072 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2073 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2074 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2075 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2076 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2077 QualType ObjectType, 2078 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2079 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2080 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2081 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2082 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2083 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2084 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2087 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2088 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2089 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2090 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2091 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2092 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2093 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2094 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2095 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2096 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2097 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2098 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2099 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2100 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2101 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2102 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2103 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2104 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2105 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2106 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2107 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2108 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2109 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2110 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2111 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2112 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2113 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2114 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2115 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2116 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2117 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2118 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2119 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2120 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2121 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2122 2123 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2124 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2125 2126 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2127 // identified by the expression Expr 2128 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2129 2130 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2131 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2132 // R (A) --> R(A) 2133 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2134 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2135 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2136 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2137 2138 FunctionDecl * 2139 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2140 QualType TargetType, 2141 bool Complain, 2142 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2143 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2144 2145 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2146 bool Complain = false, 2147 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2148 2149 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2150 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2151 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2152 bool Complain = false, 2153 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2154 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2155 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2156 2157 2158 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2159 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2160 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2161 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2162 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2163 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2164 2165 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2166 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2167 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2168 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2169 2170 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2171 // range-based for loop. 2172 enum ForRangeStatus { 2173 FRS_Success, 2174 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2175 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2176 }; 2177 2178 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2179 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2180 enum BeginEndFunction { 2181 BEF_begin, 2182 BEF_end 2183 }; 2184 2185 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2186 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2187 VarDecl *Decl, 2188 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2189 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2190 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2191 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2192 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2193 2194 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2195 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2196 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2197 MultiExprArg Args, 2198 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2199 Expr *ExecConfig, 2200 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2201 2202 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2203 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2204 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2205 ExprResult *Result); 2206 2207 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2208 unsigned Opc, 2209 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2210 Expr *input); 2211 2212 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2213 unsigned Opc, 2214 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2215 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2216 2217 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2218 SourceLocation RLoc, 2219 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2220 2221 ExprResult 2222 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2223 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2224 MultiExprArg Args, 2225 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2226 ExprResult 2227 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2228 MultiExprArg Args, 2229 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2230 2231 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2232 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2233 2234 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2235 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2236 /// that best represents the call. 2237 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2238 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2239 2240 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2241 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2242 bool CheckParameterNames); 2243 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2244 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2245 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2246 2247 /// \name Name lookup 2248 /// 2249 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2250 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2251 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2252 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2253 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2254 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2255 /// 2256 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2257 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2258 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2259 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2260 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2261 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2262 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2263 /// 2264 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2265 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2266 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2267 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2268 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2269 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2270 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2271 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2272 //@{ 2273 2274 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2275 enum LookupNameKind { 2276 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2277 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2278 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2279 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2280 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2281 /// structs, and unions. 2282 LookupTagName, 2283 /// Label name lookup. 2284 LookupLabel, 2285 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2286 /// class/struct/union members. 2287 LookupMemberName, 2288 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2289 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2290 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2291 LookupOperatorName, 2292 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2293 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2294 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2295 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2296 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2297 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2298 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2299 LookupNamespaceName, 2300 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2301 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2302 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2303 LookupUsingDeclName, 2304 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2305 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2306 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2307 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2308 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2309 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2310 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2311 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2312 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2313 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2314 LookupAnyName 2315 }; 2316 2317 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2318 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2319 enum RedeclarationKind { 2320 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2321 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2322 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2323 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2324 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2325 ForRedeclaration 2326 }; 2327 2328 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2329 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2330 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2331 LOLR_Error, 2332 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2333 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2334 LOLR_Cooked, 2335 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2336 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2337 LOLR_Raw, 2338 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2339 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2340 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2341 LOLR_Template 2342 }; 2343 2344 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2345 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2346 bool ConstArg, 2347 bool VolatileArg, 2348 bool RValueThis, 2349 bool ConstThis, 2350 bool VolatileThis); 2351 2352private: 2353 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2354 2355 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2356 // 2357 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2358 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2359 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2360 2361 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2362 /// source. 2363 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2364 2365public: 2366 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2367 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2368 /// 2369 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2370 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2371 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2372 SourceLocation Loc, 2373 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2374 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2375 = NotForRedeclaration); 2376 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2377 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2378 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2379 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2380 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2381 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2382 bool EnteringContext = false); 2383 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2384 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2385 = NotForRedeclaration); 2386 2387 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2388 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2389 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2390 2391 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2392 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2393 2394 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2395 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2396 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2397 unsigned Quals); 2398 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2399 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2400 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2401 unsigned Quals); 2402 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2403 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2404 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2405 2406 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2407 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2408 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2409 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2410 2411 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2412 SourceLocation Loc, 2413 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2414 ADLResult &Functions); 2415 2416 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2417 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2418 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2419 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2420 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2421 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2422 2423 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2424 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2425 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2426 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2427 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2428 bool EnteringContext = false, 2429 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2430 2431 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2432 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2433 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2434 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2435 2436 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2437 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2438 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2439 2440 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2441 //@} 2442 2443 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2444 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2445 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2446 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2447 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2448 SourceLocation Loc); 2449 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2450 Scope *S); 2451 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2452 2453 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2454 2455 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2456 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2457 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2458 bool NonInheritable = true, 2459 bool Inheritable = true); 2460 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2461 bool NonInheritable = true, 2462 bool Inheritable = true, 2463 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2464 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2465 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2466 2467 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2468 2469 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2470 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2471 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2472 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2473 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2474 2475 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2476 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2477 SourceRange Range); 2478 2479 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2480 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2481 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2482 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2483 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2484 2485 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2486 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2487 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2488 2489 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2490 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2491 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2492 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2493 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2494 2495 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2496 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2497 2498 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2499 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2500 2501 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2502 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2503 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2504 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2505 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2506 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2507 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2508 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2509 2510 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2511 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2512 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2513 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2514 SourceLocation Loc); 2515 2516 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2517 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2518 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2519 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2520 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2521 2522 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2523 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2524 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2525 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2526 2527 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2528 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2529 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2531 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2532 2533 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2534 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2535 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2536 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2537 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2538 2539 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2540 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2541 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2542 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2543 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2544 2545 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2546 /// class extensions. 2547 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2548 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2549 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2550 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2551 Selector GetterSel, 2552 Selector SetterSel, 2553 const bool isAssign, 2554 const bool isReadWrite, 2555 const unsigned Attributes, 2556 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2557 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2558 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2559 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2560 2561 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2562 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2563 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2564 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2565 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2566 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2567 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2568 Selector GetterSel, 2569 Selector SetterSel, 2570 const bool isAssign, 2571 const bool isReadWrite, 2572 const unsigned Attributes, 2573 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2574 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2575 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2576 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2577 2578 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2579 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2580 /// setter or getter. 2581 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2582 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2583 2584 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2585 2586 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2587 2588 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2589 MMS_loose, 2590 MMS_strict 2591 }; 2592 2593 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2594 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2595 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2596 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2597 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2598 2599 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2600 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2601 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2602 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2603 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2604 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2605 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2606 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2607 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2608 bool ImmediateClass, 2609 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2610 2611 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2612 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2613 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2614 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2615 2616 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2617 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2618 2619private: 2620 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2621 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2622 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2623 2624 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2625 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2626 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2627 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2628 bool warn, bool instance); 2629 2630public: 2631 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2632 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2633 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2634 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2635 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2636 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2637 } 2638 2639 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2640 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2641 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2642 } 2643 2644 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2645 /// pool. 2646 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2647 2648 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2649 /// there are multiple signatures. 2650 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2651 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2652 bool warn=true) { 2653 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2654 warn, /*instance*/true); 2655 } 2656 2657 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2658 /// there are multiple signatures. 2659 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2660 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2661 bool warn=true) { 2662 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2663 warn, /*instance*/false); 2664 } 2665 2666 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2667 /// implementation. 2668 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2669 2670 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2671 /// initialization. 2672 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2673 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2674 2675 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2676 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2677public: 2678 class FullExprArg { 2679 public: 2680 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2681 2682 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2683 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2684 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2685 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2686 2687 ExprResult release() { 2688 return E; 2689 } 2690 2691 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2692 2693 Expr *operator->() { 2694 return E; 2695 } 2696 2697 private: 2698 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2699 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2700 friend class Sema; 2701 2702 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2703 2704 Expr *E; 2705 }; 2706 2707 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2708 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2709 } 2710 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2711 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2712 } 2713 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2714 ExprResult FE = 2715 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2716 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2717 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2718 } 2719 2720 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2721 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2722 2723 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2724 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2725 2726 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2727 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2728 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2729 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2730 bool isStmtExpr); 2731 2732 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2733 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2734 public: 2735 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2736 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2737 } 2738 2739 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2740 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2741 } 2742 2743 private: 2744 Sema &S; 2745 }; 2746 2747 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2748 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2749 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2750 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2751 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2752 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2753 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2754 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2755 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2756 2757 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2758 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2759 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2760 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2761 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2762 2763 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2764 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2765 Stmt *SubStmt); 2766 2767 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2768 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2769 Stmt *ThenVal, 2770 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2771 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2772 Expr *Cond, 2773 Decl *CondVar); 2774 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2775 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2776 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2777 FullExprArg Cond, 2778 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2779 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2780 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2781 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2782 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2783 2784 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2785 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2786 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2787 Decl *SecondVar, 2788 FullExprArg Third, 2789 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2790 Stmt *Body); 2791 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2792 Expr *collection); 2793 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2794 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2795 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2796 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2797 2798 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2799 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2800 BFRK_Build, 2801 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2802 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2803 BFRK_Rebuild, 2804 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2805 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2806 BFRK_Check 2807 }; 2808 2809 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2810 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2811 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2812 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2813 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2814 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2815 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2816 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2817 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2818 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2819 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2820 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2821 2822 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2823 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2824 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2825 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2826 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2827 Expr *DestExp); 2828 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2829 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2830 2831 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2832 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2833 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2834 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2835 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2836 SourceLocation Loc, 2837 unsigned NumParams); 2838 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2839 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2840 2841 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2842 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2843 2844 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2845 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2846 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2847 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2848 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2849 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2850 2851 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2852 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2853 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2854 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2855 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2856 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2857 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2858 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2859 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2860 StringRef AsmString, 2861 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2862 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2863 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2864 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2865 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2866 2867 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2868 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2869 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2870 bool Invalid = false); 2871 2872 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2873 2874 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2875 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2876 2877 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2878 2879 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2880 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2881 2882 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2883 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2884 Scope *CurScope); 2885 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2886 Expr *operand); 2887 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2888 Expr *SynchExpr, 2889 Stmt *SynchBody); 2890 2891 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2892 2893 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2894 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2895 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2896 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2897 2898 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2899 2900 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2901 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2902 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2903 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2904 2905 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2906 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2907 Stmt *TryBlock, 2908 Stmt *Handler); 2909 2910 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2911 Expr *FilterExpr, 2912 Stmt *Block); 2913 2914 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2915 Stmt *Block); 2916 2917 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2918 2919 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2920 2921 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2922 /// of it. 2923 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2924 2925 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2926 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2927 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2928 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2929 2930 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2931 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2932 /// 2933 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2934 /// if (condition); 2935 /// do_stuff(); 2936 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2937 const Stmt *Body, 2938 unsigned DiagID); 2939 2940 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2941 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2942 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2943 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2944 2945 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2946 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2947 } 2948 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2949 2950 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2951 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2952 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2953 } 2954 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2955 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2956 } 2957 2958 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2959 2960 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2961 SourceLocation Loc, 2962 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2963 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2964 2965 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2966 2967 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2968 StringRef message); 2969 2970 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2971 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2972 2973 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2974 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2975 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2976 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2977 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2978 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2979 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2980 SourceLocation Loc); 2981 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2982 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 2983 2984 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2985 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2986 bool IsDecltype = false); 2987 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2988 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2989 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2990 bool IsDecltype = false); 2991 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2992 2993 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2994 2995 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2996 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2997 2998 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2999 3000 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3001 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3002 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3003 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3004 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3005 // named expressions. 3006 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3007 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3008 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3009 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3010 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3011 3012 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3013 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3014 3015 enum TryCaptureKind { 3016 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3017 }; 3018 3019 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3020 /// 3021 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3022 /// 3023 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3024 /// 3025 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3026 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3027 /// 3028 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3029 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3030 /// 3031 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3032 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3033 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3034 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3035 /// 3036 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3037 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3038 /// variable can be captured. 3039 /// 3040 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3041 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3042 /// captured. 3043 /// 3044 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3045 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3046 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3047 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3048 QualType &CaptureType, 3049 QualType &DeclRefType); 3050 3051 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3052 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3053 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3054 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3055 3056 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3057 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3058 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3059 3060 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3061 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3062 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3063 3064 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3065 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3066 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3067 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3068 bool ForceComplain = false, 3069 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3070 3071 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3072 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3073 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3074 3075 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3076 /// evaluation context. 3077 /// 3078 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3079 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3080 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3081 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3082 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3083 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3084 3085 // Primary Expressions. 3086 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3087 3088 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3089 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3090 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3091 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3092 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3093 3094 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3095 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3096 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3097 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3098 3099 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3100 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3101 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3102 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3103 3104 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3105 IdentifierInfo *II, 3106 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3107 3108 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3109 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3110 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3111 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3112 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3113 3114 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3115 ExprValueKind VK, 3116 SourceLocation Loc, 3117 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3118 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3119 ExprValueKind VK, 3120 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3121 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3122 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3123 ExprResult 3124 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3125 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3126 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3127 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3128 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3129 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3130 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3131 LookupResult &R, 3132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3133 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3134 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3135 LookupResult &R, 3136 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3137 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3138 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3139 const LookupResult &R, 3140 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3141 3142 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3143 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3144 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3145 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3146 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3147 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3148 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3149 3150 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3151 LookupResult &R, 3152 bool NeedsADL); 3153 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3154 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3155 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3156 3157 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3158 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3159 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3160 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3161 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3162 3163 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3164 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3165 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3166 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3167 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3168 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3169 SourceLocation R, 3170 MultiExprArg Val); 3171 3172 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3173 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3174 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3175 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3176 3177 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3178 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3179 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3180 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3181 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3182 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3183 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3184 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3185 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3186 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3187 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3188 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3189 3190 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3191 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3192 Expr *InputExpr); 3193 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3194 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3195 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3196 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3197 3198 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3199 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3200 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3201 SourceRange R); 3202 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3203 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3204 ExprResult 3205 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3206 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3207 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3208 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3209 3210 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3211 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3212 3213 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3214 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3215 SourceRange ExprRange, 3216 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3217 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3218 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3219 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3220 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3221 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3222 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3223 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3224 3225 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3226 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3227 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3228 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3229 3230 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3231 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3232 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3233 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3234 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3235 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3236 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3237 3238 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3239 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3240 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3241 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3242 // defines a custom operator->). 3243 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3244 Scope *S; 3245 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3246 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3247 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3248 }; 3249 3250 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3251 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3253 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3254 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3255 LookupResult &R, 3256 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3257 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3258 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3259 3260 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3261 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3262 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3263 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3264 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3265 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3266 3267 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3268 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3269 const LookupResult &R); 3270 3271 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3272 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3273 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3274 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3275 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3276 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3277 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3278 3279 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3280 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3281 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3282 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3283 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3284 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3285 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3286 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3287 3288 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3289 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3290 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3291 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3292 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3293 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3294 bool ExecConfig = false); 3295 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3296 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3297 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3298 3299 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3300 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3301 /// locations. 3302 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3303 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3304 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3305 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3306 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3307 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3308 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3309 Expr *Config = 0, 3310 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3311 3312 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3313 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3314 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3315 3316 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3317 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3318 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3319 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3320 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3321 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3322 Expr *Op); 3323 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3324 3325 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3326 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3327 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3328 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3329 3330 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3331 3332 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3333 ParsedType Ty, 3334 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3335 Expr *InitExpr); 3336 3337 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3338 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3339 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3340 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3341 3342 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3343 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3344 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3345 3346 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3347 SourceLocation Loc, 3348 bool GNUSyntax, 3349 ExprResult Init); 3350 3351 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3352 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3353 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3354 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3355 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3356 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3357 3358 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3359 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3360 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3361 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3362 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3363 3364 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3365 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3366 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3367 3368 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3369 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3370 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3371 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3372 3373 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3374 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3375 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3376 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3377 union { 3378 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3379 Expr *E; 3380 } U; 3381 }; 3382 3383 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3384 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3385 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3386 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3387 unsigned NumComponents, 3388 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3389 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3390 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3391 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3392 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3393 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3394 unsigned NumComponents, 3395 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3396 3397 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3398 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3399 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3400 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3401 3402 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3403 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3404 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3405 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3406 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3407 3408 // __null 3409 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3410 3411 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3412 3413 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3414 enum IfExistsResult { 3415 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3416 IER_Exists, 3417 3418 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3419 IER_DoesNotExist, 3420 3421 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3422 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3423 IER_Dependent, 3424 3425 /// \brief An error occurred. 3426 IER_Error 3427 }; 3428 3429 IfExistsResult 3430 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3431 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3432 3433 IfExistsResult 3434 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3435 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3436 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3437 3438 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3439 bool IsIfExists, 3440 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3441 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3442 Stmt *Nested); 3443 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3444 bool IsIfExists, 3445 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3446 Stmt *Nested); 3447 3448 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3449 3450 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3451 /// started. 3452 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3453 3454 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3455 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3456 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3457 Scope *CurScope); 3458 3459 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3460 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3461 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3462 3463 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3464 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3465 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3466 Scope *CurScope); 3467 3468 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3469 3470 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3471 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3472 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3473 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3474 3475 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3476 3477 // Act on C++ namespaces 3478 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3479 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3480 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3481 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3482 SourceLocation LBrace, 3483 AttributeList *AttrList); 3484 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3485 3486 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3487 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3488 3489 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3490 3491 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3492 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3493 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3494 3495 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3496 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3497 /// 3498 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3499 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3500 3501 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3502 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3503 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3504 3505 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3506 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3507 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3508 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3509 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3510 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3511 AttributeList *AttrList); 3512 3513 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3514 3515 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3516 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3517 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3518 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3519 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3520 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3521 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3522 3523 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3524 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3525 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3526 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3527 NamedDecl *Target); 3528 3529 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3530 bool isTypeName, 3531 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3532 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3533 const LookupResult &Previous); 3534 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3535 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3536 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3537 3538 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3539 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3540 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3541 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3542 AttributeList *AttrList, 3543 bool IsInstantiation, 3544 bool IsTypeName, 3545 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3546 3547 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3548 3549 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3550 AccessSpecifier AS, 3551 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3552 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3553 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3554 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3555 AttributeList *AttrList, 3556 bool IsTypeName, 3557 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3558 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3559 AccessSpecifier AS, 3560 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3561 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3562 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3563 AttributeList *AttrList, 3564 TypeResult Type); 3565 3566 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3567 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3568 /// 3569 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3570 ExprResult 3571 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3572 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3573 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3574 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3575 SourceRange ParenRange); 3576 3577 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3578 // the constructor can be elidable? 3579 ExprResult 3580 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3581 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3582 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3583 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3584 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3585 3586 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3587 /// the default expr if needed. 3588 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3589 FunctionDecl *FD, 3590 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3591 3592 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3593 /// constructed variable. 3594 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3595 3596 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3597 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3598 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3599 // Pointer to allow copying 3600 Sema *Self; 3601 // We order exception specifications thus: 3602 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3603 // throw() comes next. 3604 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3605 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3606 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3607 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3608 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3609 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3610 3611 void ClearExceptions() { 3612 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3613 Exceptions.clear(); 3614 } 3615 3616 public: 3617 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3618 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3619 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3620 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3621 } 3622 3623 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3624 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3625 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3626 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3627 return ComputedEST; 3628 } 3629 3630 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3631 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3632 3633 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3634 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3635 3636 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3637 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3638 3639 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3640 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3641 3642 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3643 /// computed exception specification. 3644 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3645 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3646 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3647 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3648 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3649 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3650 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3651 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3652 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3653 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3654 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3655 tok::kw_false).take(); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3659 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3660 getEPI(EPI); 3661 return EPI; 3662 } 3663 }; 3664 3665 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3666 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3667 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3668 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3669 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3670 3671 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3672 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3673 /// will be const. 3674 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3675 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3676 3677 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3678 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3679 /// parameter will be const. 3680 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3681 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3682 3683 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3684 /// constructor of a class will have. 3685 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3686 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3687 3688 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3689 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3690 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3691 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3692 3693 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3694 /// destructor of a class will have. 3695 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3696 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3697 3698 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3699 /// constructor of a class will have. 3700 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3701 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3702 3703 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3704 /// special member function. 3705 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3706 3707 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3708 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3709 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3710 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3711 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3712 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3713 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3714 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3715 3716 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3717 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3718 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3719 bool Diagnose = false); 3720 3721 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3722 /// 3723 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3724 /// default constructor will be added. 3725 /// 3726 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3727 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3728 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3729 3730 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3731 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3732 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3733 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3734 3735 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3736 /// 3737 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3738 /// destructor will be added. 3739 /// 3740 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3741 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3742 3743 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3744 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3745 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3746 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3747 3748 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3749 /// 3750 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3751 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3752 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3753 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3754 3755 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3756 /// 3757 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3758 /// constructors will be added. 3759 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3760 3761 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3762 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3763 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3764 3765 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3766 /// 3767 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3768 /// copy constructor will be added. 3769 /// 3770 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3771 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3772 3773 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3774 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3775 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3776 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3777 3778 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3779 /// 3780 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3781 /// move constructor will be added. 3782 /// 3783 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3784 /// declared. 3785 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3786 3787 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3788 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3789 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3790 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3791 3792 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3793 /// 3794 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3795 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3796 /// 3797 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3798 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3799 3800 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3801 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3802 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3803 3804 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3805 /// 3806 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3807 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3808 /// 3809 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3810 /// wasn't declared. 3811 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3812 3813 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3814 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3815 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3816 3817 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3818 /// class. 3819 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3820 3821 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3822 /// special member function. 3823 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3824 3825 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3826 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3827 /// 3828 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3829 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3830 3831 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3832 /// member function. 3833 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3834 3835 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3836 /// static member function. 3837 /// 3838 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3839 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3840 3841 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3842 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3843 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3844 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3845 3846 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3847 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3848 SourceLocation Loc, 3849 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3850 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3851 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3852 3853 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3854 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3855 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3856 3857 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3858 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3859 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3860 ParsedType ObjectType, 3861 bool EnteringContext); 3862 3863 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3864 3865 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3866 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3867 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3868 3869 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3870 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3871 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3872 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3873 Declarator &D, 3874 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3875 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3876 Expr *E, 3877 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3878 3879 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3880 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3881 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3882 Expr *E, 3883 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3884 SourceRange Parens); 3885 3886 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3887 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3888 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3889 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3890 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3891 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3892 Expr *Operand, 3893 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3894 3895 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3896 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3897 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3898 void *TyOrExpr, 3899 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3900 3901 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3902 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3903 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3904 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3905 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3906 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3907 Expr *Operand, 3908 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3909 3910 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3911 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3912 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3913 void *TyOrExpr, 3914 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3915 3916 3917 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3918 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3919 3920 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3921 /// 3922 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3923 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3924 3925 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3926 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3927 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3928 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3929 3930 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3931 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3932 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3933 Sema &S; 3934 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3935 bool Enabled; 3936 3937 public: 3938 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3939 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3940 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3941 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3942 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3943 bool Enabled = true); 3944 3945 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3946 }; 3947 3948 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3949 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3950 /// 3951 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3952 /// 3953 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3954 /// capture list. 3955 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3956 3957 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3958 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3959 /// being defined. 3960 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3961 3962 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3963 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3964 3965 3966 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3967 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3968 3969 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3970 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3971 3972 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3973 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3974 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3975 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3976 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3977 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3978 3979 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3980 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3981 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3982 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3983 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3984 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3985 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3986 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3987 3988 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3989 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3990 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3991 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3992 3993 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3994 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3995 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3996 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3997 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3998 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3999 Expr *Initializer); 4000 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4001 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4002 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4003 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4004 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4005 QualType AllocType, 4006 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4007 Expr *ArraySize, 4008 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4009 Expr *Initializer, 4010 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4011 4012 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4013 SourceRange R); 4014 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4015 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4016 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4017 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4018 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4019 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4020 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4021 DeclContext *Ctx, 4022 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4023 bool Diagnose = true); 4024 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4025 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4026 QualType Argument, 4027 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4028 4029 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4030 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4031 bool Diagnose = true); 4032 4033 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4034 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4035 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4036 Expr *Operand); 4037 4038 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4039 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4040 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4041 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4042 4043 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4044 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4045 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4046 SourceLocation RParen); 4047 4048 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4049 /// pseudo-functions. 4050 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4051 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4052 ParsedType Ty, 4053 SourceLocation RParen); 4054 4055 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4056 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4057 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4058 SourceLocation RParen); 4059 4060 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4061 /// pseudo-functions. 4062 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4063 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4064 ParsedType LhsTy, 4065 ParsedType RhsTy, 4066 SourceLocation RParen); 4067 4068 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4069 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4070 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4071 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4072 SourceLocation RParen); 4073 4074 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4075 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4076 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4077 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4078 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4079 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4080 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4081 4082 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4083 /// pseudo-functions. 4084 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4085 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4086 ParsedType LhsTy, 4087 Expr *DimExpr, 4088 SourceLocation RParen); 4089 4090 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4091 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4092 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4093 Expr *DimExpr, 4094 SourceLocation RParen); 4095 4096 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4097 /// pseudo-functions. 4098 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4099 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4100 Expr *Queried, 4101 SourceLocation RParen); 4102 4103 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4104 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4105 Expr *Queried, 4106 SourceLocation RParen); 4107 4108 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4109 Expr *Base, 4110 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4111 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4112 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4113 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4114 4115 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4116 4117 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4118 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4119 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4120 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4121 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4122 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4123 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4124 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4125 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4126 4127 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4128 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4129 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4130 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4131 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4132 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4133 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4134 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4135 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4136 4137 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4138 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4139 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4140 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4141 const DeclSpec& DS, 4142 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4143 4144 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4145 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4146 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4147 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4148 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4149 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4150 4151 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4152 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4153 : SourceLocation()); 4154 } 4155 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4156 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4157 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4158 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4159 4160 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4161 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4162 4163 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4164 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4165 bool EnteringContext = false); 4166 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4167 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4168 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4169 4170 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4171 /// 4172 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4173 /// 4174 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4175 /// 4176 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4177 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4178 /// 4179 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4180 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4181 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4182 4183 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4184 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4185 4186 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4187 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4188 IdentifierInfo &II, 4189 ParsedType ObjectType); 4190 4191 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4192 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4193 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4194 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4195 QualType ObjectType, 4196 bool EnteringContext, 4197 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4198 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4199 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4200 4201 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4202 /// 4203 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4204 /// 4205 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4206 /// 4207 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4208 /// 4209 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4210 /// 4211 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4212 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4213 /// 4214 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4215 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4216 /// 4217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4218 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4219 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4220 /// including this new type). 4221 /// 4222 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4223 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4224 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4225 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4226 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4227 ParsedType ObjectType, 4228 bool EnteringContext, 4229 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4230 4231 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4232 4233 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4234 const DeclSpec &DS, 4235 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4236 4237 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4238 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4239 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4240 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4241 ParsedType ObjectType, 4242 bool EnteringContext); 4243 4244 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4245 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4246 /// 4247 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4248 /// 4249 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4250 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4251 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4252 /// including this new type). 4253 /// 4254 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4255 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4256 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4257 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4258 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4259 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4260 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4261 /// 4262 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4263 /// nested-name-specifier. 4264 /// 4265 /// 4266 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4267 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4268 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4269 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4270 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4271 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4272 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4273 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4274 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4275 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4276 bool EnteringContext); 4277 4278 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4279 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4280 /// nested-name-specifier. 4281 /// 4282 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4283 /// 4284 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4285 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4286 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4287 4288 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4289 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4290 /// 4291 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4292 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4293 /// 4294 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4295 /// 4296 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4297 /// of the annotation pointer. 4298 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4299 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4300 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4301 4302 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4303 4304 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4305 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4306 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4307 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4308 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4309 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4310 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4311 4312 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4313 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4314 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4315 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4316 /// defining scope. 4317 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4318 4319 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4320 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4321 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4322 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4323 /// class X. 4324 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4325 4326 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4327 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4328 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4329 4330 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4331 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4332 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4333 bool KnownDependent); 4334 4335 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4336 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4337 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4338 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4339 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4340 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4341 4342 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4343 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4344 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4345 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4346 bool ExplicitParams, 4347 bool ExplicitResultType, 4348 bool Mutable); 4349 4350 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4351 /// initializer. 4352 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4353 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4354 4355 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4356 /// given lambda. 4357 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4358 4359 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4360 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4361 4362 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4363 /// statements present in the body. 4364 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4365 4366 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4367 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4368 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4369 /// lambda. 4370 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4371 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4372 4373 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4374 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4375 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4376 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4377 4378 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4379 /// was successfully completed. 4380 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4381 Scope *CurScope, 4382 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4383 4384 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4385 /// function pointer. 4386 /// 4387 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4388 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4389 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4390 /// block pointer conversion. 4391 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4392 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4393 4394 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4395 /// block pointer. 4396 /// 4397 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4398 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4399 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4400 /// block pointer conversion. 4401 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4402 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4403 4404 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4405 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4406 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4407 Expr *Src); 4408 4409 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4410 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4411 Expr **Strings, 4412 unsigned NumStrings); 4413 4414 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4415 4416 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4417 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4418 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4419 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4420 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4421 bool Value); 4422 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4423 4424 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4425 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4426 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4427 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4428 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4429 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4430 4431 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4432 Expr *IndexExpr, 4433 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4434 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4435 4436 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4437 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4438 unsigned NumElements); 4439 4440 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4441 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4442 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4443 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4444 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4445 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4446 4447 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4448 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4449 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4450 ParsedType Ty, 4451 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4452 4453 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4454 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4455 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4456 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4457 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4458 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4459 4460 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4461 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4462 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4463 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4464 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4465 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4466 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4467 4468 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4469 // C++ Declarations 4470 // 4471 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4472 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4473 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4474 StringRef Lang, 4475 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4476 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4477 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4478 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4479 4480 4481 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4482 // C++ Classes 4483 // 4484 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4485 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4486 4487 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4488 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4489 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4490 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4491 4492 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4493 Declarator &D, 4494 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4495 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4496 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4497 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4498 Expr *Init); 4499 4500 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4501 Scope *S, 4502 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4503 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4504 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4505 const DeclSpec &DS, 4506 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4507 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4508 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4509 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4510 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4511 4512 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4513 Scope *S, 4514 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4515 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4516 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4517 const DeclSpec &DS, 4518 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4519 Expr *InitList, 4520 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4521 4522 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4523 Scope *S, 4524 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4525 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4526 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4527 const DeclSpec &DS, 4528 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4529 Expr *Init, 4530 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4531 4532 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4533 Expr *Init, 4534 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4535 4536 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4537 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4538 Expr *Init, 4539 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4540 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4541 4542 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4543 Expr *Init, 4544 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4545 4546 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4547 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4548 4549 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4550 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4551 4552 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4553 4554 4555 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4556 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4557 /// referenced. 4558 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4559 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4560 4561 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4562 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4563 /// first use occurred. 4564 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4565 4566 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4567 /// materialized. 4568 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4569 4570 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4571 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4572 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4573 /// by code generation). 4574 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4575 4576 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4577 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4578 4579 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4580 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4581 DynamicClassesType; 4582 4583 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4584 /// unit. 4585 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4586 4587 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4588 /// given location. 4589 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4590 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4591 4592 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4593 /// in the given class as needed. 4594 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4595 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4596 4597 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4598 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4599 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4600 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4601 4602 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4603 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4604 /// vtables. 4605 /// 4606 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4607 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4608 4609 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4610 4611 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4612 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4613 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4614 bool AnyErrors); 4615 4616 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4617 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4618 Decl *TagDecl, 4619 SourceLocation LBrac, 4620 SourceLocation RBrac, 4621 AttributeList *AttrList); 4622 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4623 4624 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4625 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4626 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4627 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4628 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4629 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4630 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4631 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4632 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4633 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4634 4635 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4636 Expr *AssertExpr, 4637 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4638 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4639 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4640 Expr *AssertExpr, 4641 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4642 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4643 bool Failed); 4644 4645 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4646 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4647 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4648 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4650 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4651 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4652 4653 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4654 StorageClass& SC); 4655 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4656 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4657 StorageClass& SC); 4658 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4659 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4660 StorageClass& SC); 4661 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4662 4663 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4664 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4665 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4666 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4667 4668 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4669 // C++ Derived Classes 4670 // 4671 4672 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4673 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4674 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4675 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4676 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4677 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4678 4679 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4680 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4681 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4682 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4683 ParsedType basetype, 4684 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4685 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4686 4687 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4688 unsigned NumBases); 4689 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4690 unsigned NumBases); 4691 4692 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4693 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4694 4695 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4696 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4697 4698 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4699 4700 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4701 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4702 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4703 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4704 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4705 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4706 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4707 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4708 DeclarationName Name, 4709 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4710 4711 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4712 4713 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4714 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4715 4716 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4717 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4718 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4719 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4720 4721 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4722 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4723 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4724 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4725 4726 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4727 4728 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4729 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4730 4731 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4732 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4733 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4734 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4735 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4736 4737 4738 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4739 // C++ Access Control 4740 // 4741 4742 enum AccessResult { 4743 AR_accessible, 4744 AR_inaccessible, 4745 AR_dependent, 4746 AR_delayed 4747 }; 4748 4749 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4750 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4751 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4752 4753 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4754 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4755 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4756 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4757 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4758 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4759 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4760 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4761 bool Diagnose = true); 4762 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4763 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4764 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4765 AccessSpecifier Access, 4766 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4767 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4768 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4769 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4770 AccessSpecifier Access, 4771 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4772 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4773 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4774 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4775 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4776 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4777 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4778 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4779 Expr *ArgExpr, 4780 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4781 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4782 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4783 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4784 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4785 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4786 unsigned DiagID, 4787 bool ForceCheck = false, 4788 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4789 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4790 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4791 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4792 AccessSpecifier access, 4793 QualType objectType); 4794 4795 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4797 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4798 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4799 4800 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4801 4802 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4803 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4804 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4805 4806 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4807 AbstractNone = -1, 4808 AbstractReturnType, 4809 AbstractParamType, 4810 AbstractVariableType, 4811 AbstractFieldType, 4812 AbstractIvarType, 4813 AbstractArrayType 4814 }; 4815 4816 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4817 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4818 template<typename T1> 4819 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4820 unsigned DiagID, 4821 const T1 &Arg1) { 4822 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4823 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4824 } 4825 4826 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4827 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4828 unsigned DiagID, 4829 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4830 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4831 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4832 } 4833 4834 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4835 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4836 unsigned DiagID, 4837 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4838 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4839 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4840 } 4841 4842 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4843 4844 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4845 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4846 4847 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4848 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4849 // 4850 4851 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4852 4853 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4854 4855 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4856 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4857 // 4858 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4859 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4860 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4861 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4862 4863 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4864 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4865 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4866 4867 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4868 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4869 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4870 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4871 ParsedType ObjectType, 4872 bool EnteringContext, 4873 TemplateTy &Template, 4874 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4875 4876 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4877 SourceLocation IILoc, 4878 Scope *S, 4879 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4880 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4881 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4882 4883 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4884 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4885 4886 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4887 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4888 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4889 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4890 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4891 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4892 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4893 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4894 4895 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4896 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4897 unsigned Depth, 4898 unsigned Position, 4899 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4900 Expr *DefaultArg); 4901 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4902 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4903 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4904 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4905 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4906 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4907 unsigned Depth, 4908 unsigned Position, 4909 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4910 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4911 4912 TemplateParameterList * 4913 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4914 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4915 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4916 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4917 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4918 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4919 4920 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4921 /// list. 4922 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4923 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4924 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4925 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4926 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4927 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4928 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4929 }; 4930 4931 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4932 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4933 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4934 TemplateParameterList * 4935 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4936 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4937 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4938 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4939 unsigned NumParamLists, 4940 bool IsFriend, 4941 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4942 bool &Invalid); 4943 4944 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4945 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4946 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4947 AttributeList *Attr, 4948 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4949 AccessSpecifier AS, 4950 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4951 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4952 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4953 4954 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4955 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4956 4957 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4958 4959 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4960 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4961 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4962 4963 TypeResult 4964 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4965 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4966 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4967 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4968 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4969 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4970 4971 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4972 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4973 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4974 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4975 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4976 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4977 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4978 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4979 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4980 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4981 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4982 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4983 4984 4985 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4986 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4987 LookupResult &R, 4988 bool RequiresADL, 4989 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4990 4991 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4992 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4993 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4994 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4995 4996 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4997 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4998 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4999 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5000 ParsedType ObjectType, 5001 bool EnteringContext, 5002 TemplateTy &Template); 5003 5004 DeclResult 5005 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5006 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5007 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5008 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5009 TemplateTy Template, 5010 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5011 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5012 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5013 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5014 AttributeList *Attr, 5015 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5016 5017 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5018 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5019 Declarator &D); 5020 5021 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5022 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5023 Declarator &D); 5024 5025 bool 5026 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5027 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5028 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5029 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5030 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5031 bool &SuppressNew); 5032 5033 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5034 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5035 LookupResult &Previous); 5036 5037 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5038 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5039 LookupResult &Previous); 5040 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5041 5042 DeclResult 5043 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5044 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5045 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5046 unsigned TagSpec, 5047 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5048 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5049 TemplateTy Template, 5050 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5051 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5052 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5053 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5054 AttributeList *Attr); 5055 5056 DeclResult 5057 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5058 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5059 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5060 unsigned TagSpec, 5061 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5062 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5063 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5064 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5065 AttributeList *Attr); 5066 5067 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5068 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5069 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5070 Declarator &D); 5071 5072 TemplateArgumentLoc 5073 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5074 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5075 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5076 Decl *Param, 5077 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5078 5079 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5080 /// argument is being checked. 5081 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5082 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5083 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5084 CTAK_Specified, 5085 5086 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5087 /// deduction. 5088 CTAK_Deduced, 5089 5090 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5091 /// via template argument deduction. 5092 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5093 }; 5094 5095 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5096 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5097 NamedDecl *Template, 5098 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5099 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5100 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5101 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5102 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5103 5104 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5105 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5106 /// 5107 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5108 /// provided. 5109 /// 5110 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5111 /// 5112 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5113 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5114 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5115 /// arguments. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5118 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5119 /// set of template arguments. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5122 /// arguments. 5123 /// 5124 /// 5125 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5126 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5127 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5128 /// 5129 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5130 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5131 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5132 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5133 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5134 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5135 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5136 5137 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5138 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5139 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5140 5141 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5142 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5143 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5144 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5145 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5146 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5147 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5148 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5149 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5150 5151 ExprResult 5152 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5153 QualType ParamType, 5154 SourceLocation Loc); 5155 ExprResult 5156 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5157 SourceLocation Loc); 5158 5159 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5160 /// for equality. 5161 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5162 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5163 /// that might be redeclarations. 5164 /// 5165 /// \code 5166 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5167 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5168 /// \endcode 5169 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5170 5171 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5172 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5173 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5174 /// 5175 /// \code 5176 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5177 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5178 /// \endcode 5179 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5180 5181 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5182 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5183 /// template parameter. 5184 /// 5185 /// \code 5186 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5187 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5188 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5189 /// \endcode 5190 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5191 }; 5192 5193 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5194 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5195 bool Complain, 5196 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5197 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5198 = SourceLocation()); 5199 5200 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5201 5202 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5203 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5204 /// 5205 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5206 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5207 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5208 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5209 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5210 TypeResult 5211 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5212 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5213 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5214 5215 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5216 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5217 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5218 /// 5219 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5220 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5221 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5222 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5223 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5224 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5225 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5226 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5227 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5228 TypeResult 5229 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5230 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5231 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5232 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5233 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5234 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5235 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5236 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5237 5238 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5239 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5240 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5241 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5242 SourceLocation IILoc); 5243 5244 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5245 SourceLocation Loc, 5246 DeclarationName Name); 5247 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5248 5249 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5250 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5251 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5252 5253 std::string 5254 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5255 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5256 5257 std::string 5258 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5259 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5260 unsigned NumArgs); 5261 5262 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5263 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5264 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5265 5266 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5267 /// being diagnosed. 5268 /// 5269 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5270 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5271 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5272 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5273 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5274 5275 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5276 UPPC_BaseType, 5277 5278 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5279 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5280 5281 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5282 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5283 5284 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5285 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5286 5287 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5288 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5289 5290 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5291 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5292 5293 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5294 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5295 5296 /// \brief A using declaration. 5297 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5298 5299 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5300 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5301 5302 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5303 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5304 5305 /// \brief An initializer. 5306 UPPC_Initializer, 5307 5308 /// \brief A default argument. 5309 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5310 5311 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5312 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5313 5314 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5315 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5316 5317 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5318 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5319 5320 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5321 UPPC_IfExists, 5322 5323 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5324 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5325 5326 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5327 UPPC_Lambda, 5328 5329 /// \brief Block expression, 5330 UPPC_Block 5331}; 5332 5333 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5334 /// 5335 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5336 /// 5337 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5338 /// parameter packs. 5339 /// 5340 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5341 /// 5342 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5343 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5344 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5345 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5346 5347 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5348 /// diagnose the error. 5349 /// 5350 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5351 /// 5352 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5353 /// packs. 5354 /// 5355 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5356 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5357 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5358 5359 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5360 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5363 /// parameter packs. 5364 /// 5365 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5366 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5367 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5368 5369 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5370 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5371 /// 5372 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5373 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5374 /// 5375 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5376 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5377 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5378 5379 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5380 /// diagnose the error. 5381 /// 5382 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5383 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5384 /// 5385 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5386 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5387 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5388 5389 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5390 /// diagnose the error. 5391 /// 5392 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5393 /// 5394 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5395 /// parameter packs. 5396 /// 5397 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5398 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5399 TemplateName Template, 5400 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5401 5402 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5403 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5404 /// 5405 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5406 /// parameter packs. 5407 /// 5408 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5409 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5410 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5411 5412 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5413 /// template argument. 5414 /// 5415 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5416 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5417 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5418 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5419 5420 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5421 /// template argument. 5422 /// 5423 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5424 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5425 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5426 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5427 5428 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5429 /// type. 5430 /// 5431 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5432 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5433 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5434 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5435 5436 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5437 /// type. 5438 /// 5439 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5440 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5441 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5442 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5443 5444 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5445 /// nested-name-specifier. 5446 /// 5447 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5448 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5449 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5450 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5451 5452 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5453 /// name. 5454 /// 5455 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5456 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5457 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5458 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5459 5460 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5461 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5462 /// 5463 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5464 /// may already be invalid. 5465 /// 5466 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5467 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5468 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5469 5470 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5471 /// creates a pack expansion. 5472 /// 5473 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5474 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5475 /// 5476 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5477 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5478 5479 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5480 /// expansion. 5481 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5482 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5483 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5484 5485 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5486 /// expansion. 5487 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5488 SourceRange PatternRange, 5489 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5490 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5491 5492 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5493 /// creates a pack expansion. 5494 /// 5495 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5496 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5497 /// 5498 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5499 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5500 5501 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5502 /// creates a pack expansion. 5503 /// 5504 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5505 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5506 /// 5507 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5508 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5509 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5510 5511 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5512 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5513 /// transforming the pattern. 5514 /// 5515 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5516 /// pack expansion. 5517 /// 5518 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5519 /// the pack expansion. 5520 /// 5521 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5522 /// pattern. 5523 /// 5524 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5525 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5526 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5527 /// 5528 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5529 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5530 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5531 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5532 /// 5533 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5534 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5535 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5536 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5537 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5538 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5539 /// set this value in other cases. 5540 /// 5541 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5542 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5543 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5544 /// must be set. 5545 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5546 SourceRange PatternRange, 5547 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5548 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5549 bool &ShouldExpand, 5550 bool &RetainExpansion, 5551 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5552 5553 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5554 /// type. 5555 /// 5556 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5557 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5558 /// 5559 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5560 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5561 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5562 5563 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5564 /// parameter packs. 5565 /// 5566 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5567 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5568 /// 5569 /// \code 5570 /// void f(T...); 5571 /// \endcode 5572 /// 5573 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5574 /// a variadic function. 5575 /// 5576 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5577 /// false otherwise. 5578 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5579 5580 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5581 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5582 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5583 5584 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5585 /// 5586 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5587 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5588 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5589 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5590 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5591 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5592 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5593 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5594 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5595 TDK_Success = 0, 5596 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5597 TDK_Invalid, 5598 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5599 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5600 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5601 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5602 /// for every template parameter. 5603 TDK_Incomplete, 5604 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5605 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5606 TDK_Inconsistent, 5607 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5608 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5609 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5610 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5611 TDK_Underqualified, 5612 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5613 /// resulted in an error. 5614 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5615 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5616 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5617 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5618 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5619 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5620 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5621 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5622 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5623 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5624 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5625 /// template arguments for the given template. 5626 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5627 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5628 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5629 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5630 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5631 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5632 }; 5633 5634 TemplateDeductionResult 5635 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5636 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5637 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5638 5639 TemplateDeductionResult 5640 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5641 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5642 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5643 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5644 QualType *FunctionType, 5645 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5646 5647 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5648 // deduction for a call. 5649 struct OriginalCallArg { 5650 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5651 unsigned ArgIdx, 5652 QualType OriginalArgType) 5653 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5654 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5655 5656 QualType OriginalParamType; 5657 unsigned ArgIdx; 5658 QualType OriginalArgType; 5659 }; 5660 5661 TemplateDeductionResult 5662 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5663 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5664 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5665 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5666 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5667 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5668 5669 TemplateDeductionResult 5670 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5671 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5672 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5673 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5674 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5675 5676 TemplateDeductionResult 5677 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5678 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5679 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5680 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5681 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5682 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5683 5684 TemplateDeductionResult 5685 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5686 QualType ToType, 5687 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5688 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5689 5690 TemplateDeductionResult 5691 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5692 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5693 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5694 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5695 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5696 5697 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5698 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5699 DAR_Succeeded, 5700 DAR_Failed, 5701 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5702 }; 5703 5704 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5705 QualType &Result); 5706 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5707 QualType &Result); 5708 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5709 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5710 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5711 bool Diagnose = true); 5712 5713 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5714 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5715 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5716 5717 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5718 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5719 SourceLocation Loc, 5720 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5721 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5722 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5723 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5724 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5725 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5726 SourceLocation Loc, 5727 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5728 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5729 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5730 bool Complain = true, 5731 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5732 5733 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5734 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5735 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5736 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5737 SourceLocation Loc); 5738 5739 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5740 bool OnlyDeduced, 5741 unsigned Depth, 5742 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5743 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5744 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5745 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5746 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5747 } 5748 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5749 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5750 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5751 5752 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5753 // C++ Template Instantiation 5754 // 5755 5756 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5757 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5758 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5759 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5760 5761 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5762 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5763 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5764 enum InstantiationKind { 5765 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5766 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5767 TemplateInstantiation, 5768 5769 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5770 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5771 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5772 /// arguments as specified. 5773 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5774 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5775 5776 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5777 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5778 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5779 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5780 5781 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5782 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5783 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5784 5785 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5786 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5787 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5788 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5789 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5790 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5791 5792 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5793 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5794 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5795 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5796 5797 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5798 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5799 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5800 5801 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5802 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5803 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5804 } Kind; 5805 5806 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5807 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5808 5809 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5810 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5811 /// arguments. 5812 NamedDecl *Template; 5813 5814 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5815 Decl *Entity; 5816 5817 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5818 /// are not part of the entity. 5819 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5820 5821 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5822 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5823 5824 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5825 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5826 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5827 5828 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5829 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5830 /// template instantiation. 5831 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5832 5833 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5834 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5835 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5836 5837 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5838 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5839 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5840 5841 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5842 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5843 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5844 return false; 5845 5846 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5847 return false; 5848 5849 switch (X.Kind) { 5850 case TemplateInstantiation: 5851 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5852 return true; 5853 5854 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5855 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5856 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5857 return false; 5858 5859 // Fall through 5860 5861 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5862 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5863 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5864 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5865 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5866 5867 } 5868 5869 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5870 } 5871 5872 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5873 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5874 return !(X == Y); 5875 } 5876 }; 5877 5878 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5879 /// 5880 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5881 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5882 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5883 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5884 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5885 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5886 5887 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5888 /// template instantiation. 5889 /// 5890 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5891 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5892 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5893 5894 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5895 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5896 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5897 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5898 5899 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5900 /// error or warning was produced. 5901 /// 5902 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5903 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5904 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5905 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5906 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5907 5908 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5909 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5910 /// 5911 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5912 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5913 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5914 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5915 5916 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5917 /// within a \c Sema object. 5918 /// 5919 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5920 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5921 Sema &Self; 5922 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5923 5924 public: 5925 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5926 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5927 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5928 } 5929 5930 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5931 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5932 } 5933 }; 5934 5935 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5936 5937 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5938 /// 5939 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5940 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5941 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5942 5943 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5944 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5945 /// deduction. 5946 /// 5947 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5948 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5949 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5950 5951 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5952 /// instantiation. 5953 /// 5954 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5955 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5956 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5957 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5958 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5959 /// 5960 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5961 /// the stack. 5962 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5963 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5964 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5965 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5966 Decl *Entity, 5967 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5968 5969 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5970 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5971 /// of a function template. 5972 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5973 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5974 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5975 5976 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5977 /// template-id. 5978 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5979 TemplateDecl *Template, 5980 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5981 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5982 5983 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5984 /// template-id. 5985 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5986 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5987 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5988 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5989 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5990 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5991 5992 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5993 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5994 /// specialization. 5995 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5996 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5997 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5998 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5999 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6000 6001 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6002 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6003 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6004 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6005 6006 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6007 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6008 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6009 NamedDecl *Template, 6010 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6011 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6012 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6013 6014 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6015 NamedDecl *Template, 6016 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6017 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6018 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6019 6020 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6021 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6022 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6023 TemplateDecl *Template, 6024 NamedDecl *Param, 6025 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6026 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6027 6028 6029 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6030 void Clear(); 6031 6032 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6033 6034 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6035 /// recursive template instantiations. 6036 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6037 6038 private: 6039 Sema &SemaRef; 6040 bool Invalid; 6041 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6042 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6043 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6044 6045 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6046 6047 InstantiatingTemplate& 6048 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6049 }; 6050 6051 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6052 6053 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6054 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6055 /// errors. 6056 /// 6057 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6058 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6059 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6060 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6061 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6062 6063 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6064 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6065 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6066 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6067 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6068 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6069 } 6070 6071 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6072 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6073 /// deduction.` 6074 class SFINAETrap { 6075 Sema &SemaRef; 6076 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6077 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6078 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6079 6080 public: 6081 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6082 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6083 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6084 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6085 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6086 { 6087 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6088 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6089 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6090 } 6091 6092 ~SFINAETrap() { 6093 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6094 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6095 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6096 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6097 } 6098 6099 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6100 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6101 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6102 } 6103 }; 6104 6105 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6106 /// variables. 6107 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6108 6109 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6110 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6111 6112 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6113 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6114 6115 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6116 /// name lookup. 6117 /// 6118 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6119 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6120 /// string represents a keyword. 6121 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6122 6123 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6124 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6125 6126 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6127 /// 6128 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6129 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6130 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6131 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6132 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6133 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6134 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6135 6136 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6137 /// but have not yet been performed. 6138 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6139 6140 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6141 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6142 /// 6143 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6144 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6145 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6146 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6147 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6148 6149 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6150 6151 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6152 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6153 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6154 6155 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6156 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6157 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6158 6159 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6160 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6161 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6162 6163 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6164 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6165 SourceLocation Loc, 6166 DeclarationName Entity, 6167 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6168 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6169 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6170 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6171 int indexAdjustment, 6172 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6173 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6174 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6175 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6176 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6177 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6178 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6179 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6180 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6181 6182 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6183 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6184 /// 6185 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6186 /// 6187 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6188 /// 6189 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6190 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6191 /// 6192 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6193 /// 6194 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6195 /// 6196 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6197 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6198 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6199 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6200 6201 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6202 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6203 6204 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6205 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6206 6207 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6208 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6209 bool CXXDirectInit); 6210 6211 bool 6212 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6213 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6214 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6215 6216 bool 6217 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6218 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6219 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6220 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6221 bool Complain = true); 6222 6223 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6224 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6225 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6226 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6227 6228 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6229 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6230 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6231 Decl *NewDecl; 6232 6233 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6234 Decl *D) 6235 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6236 { } 6237 }; 6238 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6239 6240 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6241 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6242 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6243 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6244 6245 bool 6246 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6247 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6248 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6249 bool Complain = true); 6250 6251 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6252 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6253 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6254 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6255 6256 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6257 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6258 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6259 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6260 6261 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6262 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6263 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6264 6265 DeclarationNameInfo 6266 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6267 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6268 TemplateName 6269 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6270 SourceLocation Loc, 6271 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6272 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6273 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6274 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6275 6276 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6277 FunctionDecl *Function); 6278 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6279 FunctionDecl *Function, 6280 bool Recursive = false, 6281 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6282 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6283 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6284 VarDecl *Var, 6285 bool Recursive = false, 6286 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6287 6288 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6289 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6290 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6291 6292 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6293 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6294 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6295 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6296 6297 // Objective-C declarations. 6298 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6299 OCK_None = -1, 6300 OCK_Interface = 0, 6301 OCK_Protocol, 6302 OCK_Category, 6303 OCK_ClassExtension, 6304 OCK_Implementation, 6305 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6306 }; 6307 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6308 6309 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6310 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6311 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6312 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6313 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6314 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6315 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6316 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6317 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6318 AttributeList *AttrList); 6319 6320 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6321 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6322 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6323 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6324 6325 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6326 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6327 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6328 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6329 6330 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6331 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6332 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6333 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6334 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6335 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6336 AttributeList *AttrList); 6337 6338 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6339 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6340 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6341 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6342 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6343 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6344 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6345 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6346 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6347 6348 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6349 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6350 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6351 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6352 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6353 6354 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6355 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6356 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6357 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6358 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6359 6360 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6361 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6362 6363 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6364 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6365 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6366 unsigned NumElts); 6367 6368 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6369 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6370 unsigned NumElts, 6371 AttributeList *attrList); 6372 6373 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6374 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6375 unsigned NumProtocols, 6376 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6377 6378 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6379 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6380 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6381 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6382 SourceLocation Loc, 6383 unsigned &Attributes, 6384 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6385 6386 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6387 /// setters and getters as needed. 6388 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6389 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6390 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6391 /// in class extension. 6392 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6393 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6394 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6395 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6396 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6397 6398 6399 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6400 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6401 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6402 6403 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6405 6406 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6407 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6408 6409 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6410 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6411 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6412 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6413 6414 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6415 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6416 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6417 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6418 bool *OverridingProperty, 6419 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6420 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6421 6422 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6423 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6424 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6425 bool ImplKind, 6426 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6427 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6428 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6429 6430 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6431 OSMK_None, 6432 OSMK_Alloc, 6433 OSMK_New, 6434 OSMK_Copy, 6435 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6436 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6437 }; 6438 6439 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6440 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6441 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6442 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6443 // in this case. 6444 ParsedType Type; 6445 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6446 6447 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6448 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6449 }; 6450 6451 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6452 Scope *S, 6453 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6454 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6455 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6456 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6457 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6458 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6459 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6460 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6461 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6462 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6463 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6464 6465 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6466 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6467 bool IsInstance); 6468 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6469 bool IsInstance); 6470 6471 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6472 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6473 6474 ExprResult 6475 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6476 Expr *BaseExpr, 6477 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6478 DeclarationName MemberName, 6479 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6480 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6481 bool Super); 6482 6483 ExprResult 6484 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6485 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6486 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6487 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6488 6489 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6490 6491 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6492 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6493 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6494 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6495 ObjCSuperMessage, 6496 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6497 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6498 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6499 /// name. 6500 ObjCClassMessage 6501 }; 6502 6503 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6504 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6505 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6506 bool IsSuper, 6507 bool HasTrailingDot, 6508 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6509 6510 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6511 Selector Sel, 6512 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6513 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6514 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6515 MultiExprArg Args); 6516 6517 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6518 QualType ReceiverType, 6519 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6520 Selector Sel, 6521 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6522 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6523 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6524 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6525 MultiExprArg Args, 6526 bool isImplicit = false); 6527 6528 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6529 bool isSuperReceiver, 6530 SourceLocation Loc, 6531 Selector Sel, 6532 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6533 MultiExprArg Args); 6534 6535 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6536 ParsedType Receiver, 6537 Selector Sel, 6538 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6539 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6540 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6541 MultiExprArg Args); 6542 6543 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6544 QualType ReceiverType, 6545 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6546 Selector Sel, 6547 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6548 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6549 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6550 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6551 MultiExprArg Args, 6552 bool isImplicit = false); 6553 6554 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6555 QualType ReceiverType, 6556 SourceLocation Loc, 6557 Selector Sel, 6558 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6559 MultiExprArg Args); 6560 6561 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6562 Expr *Receiver, 6563 Selector Sel, 6564 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6565 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6566 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6567 MultiExprArg Args); 6568 6569 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6570 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6571 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6572 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6573 Expr *SubExpr); 6574 6575 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6576 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6577 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6578 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6579 ParsedType Type, 6580 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6581 Expr *SubExpr); 6582 6583 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6584 6585 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6586 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6587 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6588 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6589 6590 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6591 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6592 RTC_Compatible, 6593 RTC_Incompatible, 6594 RTC_Unknown 6595 }; 6596 6597 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6598 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6599 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6600 6601 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6602 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6603 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6604 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6605 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6606 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6607 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6608 }; 6609 6610 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6611 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6612 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6613 6614 enum PragmaPackKind { 6615 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6616 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6617 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6618 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6619 }; 6620 6621 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6622 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6623 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6624 }; 6625 6626 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6627 PCK_Unknown, 6628 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6629 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6630 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6631 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6632 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6633 }; 6634 6635 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6636 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6637 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6638 Expr *Alignment, 6639 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6640 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6641 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6642 6643 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6644 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6645 6646 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6647 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6648 6649 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6650 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6651 Scope *curScope, 6652 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6653 6654 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6655 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6656 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6657 6658 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6659 SourceLocation Loc); 6660 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6661 6662 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6663 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6664 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6665 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6666 6667 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6668 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6669 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6670 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6671 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6672 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6673 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6674 6675 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6676 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6677 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6678 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6679 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6680 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6681 6682 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6683 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6684 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6685 6686 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6687 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6688 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6689 6690 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6691 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6692 6693 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6694 void FreePackedContext(); 6695 6696 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6697 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6698 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6699 SourceLocation Loc); 6700 6701 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6702 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6703 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6704 6705 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6706 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6707 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6708 6709 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6710 void FreeVisContext(); 6711 6712 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6713 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6714 /// the appropriate attribute. 6715 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6716 6717 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6718 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6719 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6720 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6721 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6722 6723 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6724 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6725 /// threadprivate'. 6726 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6727 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6728 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6729 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6730 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6731 SourceLocation Loc, 6732 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6733 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6734 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6735 SourceLocation Loc, 6736 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6737 6738 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6739 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6740 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6741 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6742 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6743 CCK_CStyleCast, 6744 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6745 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6746 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6747 CCK_OtherCast 6748 }; 6749 6750 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6751 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6752 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6753 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6754 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6755 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6756 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6757 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6758 6759 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6760 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6761 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6762 6763 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6764 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6765 /// required. 6766 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6767 6768 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6769 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6770 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6771 6772 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6773 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6774 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6775 6776 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6777 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6778 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6779 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6780 6781 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6782 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6783 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6784 // type. 6785 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6786 6787 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6788 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6789 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6790 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6791 6792 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6793 enum VariadicCallType { 6794 VariadicFunction, 6795 VariadicBlock, 6796 VariadicMethod, 6797 VariadicConstructor, 6798 VariadicDoesNotApply 6799 }; 6800 6801 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6802 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6803 Expr *Fn); 6804 6805 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6806 // vararg function. 6807 enum VarArgKind { 6808 VAK_Valid, 6809 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6810 VAK_Invalid 6811 }; 6812 6813 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6814 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6815 6816 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6817 /// form of call prototypes. 6818 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6819 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6820 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6821 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6822 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6823 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6824 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6825 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6826 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6827 6828 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6829 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6830 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6831 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6832 6833 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6834 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6835 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6836 6837 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6838 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6839 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6840 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6841 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6842 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6843 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6844 6845 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6846 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6847 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6848 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6849 /// source and destination type. 6850 enum AssignConvertType { 6851 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6852 Compatible, 6853 6854 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6855 /// accept as an extension. 6856 PointerToInt, 6857 6858 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6859 /// accept as an extension. 6860 IntToPointer, 6861 6862 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6863 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6864 FunctionVoidPointer, 6865 6866 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6867 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6868 IncompatiblePointer, 6869 6870 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6871 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6872 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6873 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6874 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6875 6876 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6877 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6878 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6879 6880 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6881 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6882 /// like address spaces. 6883 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6884 6885 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6886 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6887 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6888 /// extension. 6889 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6890 6891 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6892 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6893 IncompatibleVectors, 6894 6895 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6896 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6897 IntToBlockPointer, 6898 6899 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6900 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6901 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6902 6903 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6904 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6905 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6906 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6907 6908 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6909 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6910 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6911 6912 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6913 /// represent it in the AST. 6914 Incompatible 6915 }; 6916 6917 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6918 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6919 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6920 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6921 SourceLocation Loc, 6922 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6923 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6924 bool *Complained = 0); 6925 6926 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6927 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6928 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6929 Expr *SrcExpr); 6930 6931 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6932 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6933 /// C99 6.5.16. 6934 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6935 QualType LHSType, 6936 QualType RHSType); 6937 6938 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6939 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6940 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6941 ExprResult &RHS, 6942 CastKind &Kind); 6943 6944 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6945 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6946 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6947 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6948 ExprResult &RHS, 6949 bool Diagnose = true); 6950 6951 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6952 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6953 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6954 ExprResult &RHS); 6955 6956 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6957 6958 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6959 6960 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6961 AssignmentAction Action, 6962 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6963 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6964 AssignmentAction Action, 6965 bool AllowExplicit, 6966 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6967 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6968 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6969 AssignmentAction Action, 6970 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6971 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6972 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6973 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6974 AssignmentAction Action, 6975 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6976 6977 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6978 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6979 6980 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6981 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6982 ExprResult &RHS); 6983 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6984 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6985 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6986 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6987 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6988 bool IsDivide); 6989 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6990 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6991 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6992 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6993 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6994 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6995 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6996 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6997 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6998 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6999 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7000 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7001 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7002 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7003 bool isRelational); 7004 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7005 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7006 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7007 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7008 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7009 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7010 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7011 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7012 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7013 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7014 7015 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7016 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7017 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7018 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7019 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7020 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7021 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7022 7023 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7024 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7025 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7026 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7027 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7028 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7029 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7030 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7031 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7032 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7033 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7034 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7035 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7036 NonStandardCompositeType); 7037 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7038 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7039 return Composite; 7040 } 7041 7042 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7043 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7044 7045 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7046 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7047 7048 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7049 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7050 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7051 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7052 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7053 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7054 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7055 SourceLocation Loc); 7056 7057 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7058 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7059 7060 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7061 7062 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7063 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7064 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7065 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7066 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7067 /// reference binding is not possible. 7068 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7069 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7070 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7071 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7072 Ref_Related, 7073 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7074 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7075 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7076 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7077 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7078 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7079 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7080 Ref_Compatible 7081 }; 7082 7083 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7084 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7085 bool &DerivedToBase, 7086 bool &ObjCConversion, 7087 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7088 7089 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7090 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7091 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7092 7093 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7094 /// given type. 7095 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7096 7097 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7098 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7099 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7100 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7101 7102 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7103 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7104 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7105 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7106 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7107 CastKind &Kind); 7108 7109 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7110 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7111 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7112 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7113 // returns the cast expr 7114 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7115 CastKind &Kind); 7116 7117 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7118 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7119 Expr *CastExpr, 7120 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7121 7122 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7123 7124 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7125 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7126 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7127 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7128 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7129 7130 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7131 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7132 7133 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7134 QualType ExprType); 7135 7136 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7137 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7138 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7139 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7140 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7141 7142 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7143 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7144 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7145 7146 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7147 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7148 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7149 7150 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7151 /// \param Method - May be null. 7152 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7153 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7154 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7155 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7156 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7157 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7158 bool isSuperMessage, 7159 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7160 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7161 7162 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7163 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7164 /// and the form of the message send. 7165 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7166 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7167 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7168 7169 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7170 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7171 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7172 7173 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7174 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7175 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7176 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7177 7178 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7179 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7180 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7181 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7182 /// 7183 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7184 /// 'if' keyword. 7185 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7186 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7187 7188 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7189 Expr *SubExpr); 7190 7191 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7192 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7193 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7194 7195 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7196 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7197 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7198 7199 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7200 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7201 7202 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7203 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7204 /// the specified diagnostic. 7205 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7206 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7207 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7208 7209 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7210 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7211 /// in the global scope. 7212 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7213 7214 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7215 /// expression violations. 7216 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7217 public: 7218 bool Suppress; 7219 7220 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7221 7222 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7223 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7224 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7225 }; 7226 7227 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7228 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7229 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7230 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7231 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7232 bool AllowFold = true); 7233 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7234 unsigned DiagID, 7235 bool AllowFold = true); 7236 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7237 7238 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7239 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7240 /// Returns false on success. 7241 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7242 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7243 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7244 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7245 7246 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7247 CFT_Device, 7248 CFT_Global, 7249 CFT_Host, 7250 CFT_HostDevice 7251 }; 7252 7253 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7254 7255 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7256 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7257 7258 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7259 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7260 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7261 } 7262 7263 /// \name Code completion 7264 //@{ 7265 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7266 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7267 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7268 PCC_Namespace, 7269 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7270 PCC_Class, 7271 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7272 /// or category. 7273 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7274 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7275 /// category implementation 7276 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7277 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7278 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7279 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7280 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7281 /// headers. 7282 PCC_Template, 7283 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7284 /// headers within a class. 7285 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7286 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7287 PCC_Expression, 7288 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7289 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7290 PCC_Statement, 7291 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7292 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7293 PCC_ForInit, 7294 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7295 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7296 PCC_Condition, 7297 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7298 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7299 /// in the grammar. 7300 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7301 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7302 PCC_Type, 7303 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7304 /// might also be a type cast. 7305 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7306 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7307 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7308 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7309 }; 7310 7311 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7312 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7313 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7314 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7315 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7316 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7317 7318 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7319 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7320 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7321 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7322 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7323 bool IsArrow); 7324 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7325 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7326 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7327 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7328 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7329 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7330 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7331 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7332 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7333 7334 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7335 bool EnteringContext); 7336 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7337 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7338 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7339 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7340 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7341 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7342 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7343 unsigned NumInitializers); 7344 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7345 bool AfterAmpersand); 7346 7347 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7348 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7349 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7350 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7351 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7352 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7353 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7354 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7355 bool IsParameter); 7356 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7357 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7358 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7359 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7360 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7361 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7362 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7363 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7364 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7365 bool IsSuper = false); 7366 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7367 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7368 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7369 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7370 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7371 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7372 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7373 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7374 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7375 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7376 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7377 unsigned NumProtocols); 7378 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7379 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7380 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7381 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7382 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7383 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7384 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7385 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7386 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7387 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7388 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7389 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7390 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7391 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7392 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7393 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7394 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7395 ParsedType ReturnType); 7396 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7397 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7398 bool AtParameterName, 7399 ParsedType ReturnType, 7400 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7401 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7402 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7403 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7404 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7405 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7406 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7407 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7408 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7409 unsigned Argument); 7410 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7411 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7412 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7413 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7414 //@} 7415 7416 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7417 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7418 7419public: 7420 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7421 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7422 7423private: 7424 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7425 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7426 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7427 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7428 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7429 // FunctionDeclaration. 7430 struct FormatStringInfo { 7431 unsigned FormatIdx; 7432 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7433 bool HasVAListArg; 7434 }; 7435 7436 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7437 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7438 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7439 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7440 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7441 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7442 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7443 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7444 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7445 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7446 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7447 SourceLocation Loc); 7448 7449 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7450 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7451 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7452 VariadicCallType CallType); 7453 7454 7455 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7456 7457 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7458 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7459 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7460 7461 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7462 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7463 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7464 7465public: 7466 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7467 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7468 7469private: 7470 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7471 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7472 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7473 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7474 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7475 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7476 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7477 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7478 7479 enum FormatStringType { 7480 FST_Scanf, 7481 FST_Printf, 7482 FST_NSString, 7483 FST_Strftime, 7484 FST_Strfmon, 7485 FST_Kprintf, 7486 FST_Unknown 7487 }; 7488 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7489 7490 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7491 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7492 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7493 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7494 }; 7495 7496 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7497 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7498 bool HasVAListArg, 7499 unsigned format_idx, 7500 unsigned firstDataArg, 7501 FormatStringType Type, 7502 VariadicCallType CallType, 7503 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7504 7505 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7506 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7507 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7508 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7509 VariadicCallType CallType); 7510 7511 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7512 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7513 bool IsCXXMember, 7514 VariadicCallType CallType, 7515 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7516 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7517 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7518 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7519 VariadicCallType CallType, 7520 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7521 7522 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7523 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7524 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7525 7526 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7527 unsigned BId, 7528 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7529 7530 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7531 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7532 7533 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7534 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7535 7536 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7537 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7538 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7539 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7540 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7541 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7542 7543 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7544 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7545 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7546 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7547 7548 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7549 Expr *Init); 7550 7551public: 7552 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7553 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7554 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7555 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7556 7557 struct TypeTagData { 7558 TypeTagData() {} 7559 7560 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7561 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7562 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7563 {} 7564 7565 QualType Type; 7566 7567 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7568 /// layout-compatibility. 7569 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7570 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7571 }; 7572 7573 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7574 /// identifies the magic value. 7575 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7576 7577private: 7578 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7579 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7580 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7581 7582 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7583 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7584 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7585 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7586 7587 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7588 /// 7589 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7590 Scope *CurScope; 7591 7592 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7593 7594protected: 7595 friend class Parser; 7596 friend class InitializationSequence; 7597 friend class ASTReader; 7598 friend class ASTWriter; 7599 7600public: 7601 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7602 /// 7603 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7604 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7605 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7606 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7607 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7608 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7609 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7610 7611 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7612 7613 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7614 7615 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7616 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7617 } 7618 7619 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7620 7621 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7622 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7623 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7624 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7625 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7626 return DC; 7627 } 7628}; 7629 7630/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7631class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7632 Sema &Actions; 7633 7634public: 7635 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7636 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7637 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7638 bool IsDecltype = false) 7639 : Actions(Actions) { 7640 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7641 IsDecltype); 7642 } 7643 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7644 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7645 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7646 bool IsDecltype = false) 7647 : Actions(Actions) { 7648 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7649 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7650 IsDecltype); 7651 } 7652 7653 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7654 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7655 } 7656}; 7657 7658} // end namespace clang 7659 7660#endif 7661